ASTContext.cpp revision 55fc873017f10f6f566b182b70f6fc22aefa3464
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "CXXABI.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 33#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 34#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 35#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 36#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 37#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 38#include <map> 39 40using namespace clang; 41 42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 54 55enum FloatingRank { 56 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 57}; 58 59RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 60 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 61 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 62 CommentsLoaded = true; 63 } 64 65 assert(D); 66 67 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 68 if (D->isImplicit()) 69 return NULL; 70 71 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 74 return NULL; 75 } 76 77 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 80 return NULL; 81 } 82 83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 85 return NULL; 86 } 87 88 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 89 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 90 return NULL; 91 } 92 93 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 94 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 95 return NULL; 96 97 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 98 // documentation. 99 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 100 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 101 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 102 return NULL; 103 104 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 105 106 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 107 if (RawComments.empty()) 108 return NULL; 109 110 // Find declaration location. 111 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 112 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 113 // location". 114 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 115 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 116 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 117 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 118 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 119 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 120 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 121 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 122 else 123 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 124 125 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 126 // can't find the comment. 127 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 128 return NULL; 129 130 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 131 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 132 { 133 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 134 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 135 // first. 136 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc)); 137 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 138 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 139 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 140 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 141 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 142 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 143 } 144 145 if (Found) { 146 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 147 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 148 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 149 } else { 150 // Slow path. 151 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 152 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 153 } 154 } 155 156 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 157 // file buffer. 158 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 159 160 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 161 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 162 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 163 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 164 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 165 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 166 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 167 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 168 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 169 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 170 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 171 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 172 return *Comment; 173 } 174 } 175 176 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 177 // Let's look at the previous comment. 178 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 179 return NULL; 180 --Comment; 181 182 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 183 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 184 return NULL; 185 186 // Decompose the end of the comment. 187 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 188 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 189 190 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 191 // aren't related. 192 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 193 return NULL; 194 195 // Get the corresponding buffer. 196 bool Invalid = false; 197 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 198 &Invalid).data(); 199 if (Invalid) 200 return NULL; 201 202 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 203 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 204 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 205 206 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 207 // comment and declaration. 208 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 209 return NULL; 210 211 return *Comment; 212} 213 214namespace { 215/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 216/// refer to the actual template. 217/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 218const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 219 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 220 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 221 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 222 return FTD; 223 224 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 225 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 226 return D; 227 228 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 229 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 230 return FTD; 231 232 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 233 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 234 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 235 return MemberDecl; 236 237 return D; 238 } 239 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 240 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 241 // template? 242 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 243 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 244 return MemberDecl; 245 246 return D; 247 } 248 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 249 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 250 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 251 return CTD; 252 253 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 254 // specialization? 255 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 256 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 257 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 258 return D; 259 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 260 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 261 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 262 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 263 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 264 static_cast<const Decl*>( 265 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 266 } 267 268 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 269 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 270 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 271 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 272 273 return D; 274 } 275 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 276 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 277 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 278 return MemberDecl; 279 280 return D; 281 } 282 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 283 return D; 284} 285} // unnamed namespace 286 287const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 288 const Decl *D, 289 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 290 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 291 292 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 293 { 294 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 295 RedeclComments.find(D); 296 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 297 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 298 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 299 if (OriginalDecl) 300 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 301 return Raw.getRaw(); 302 } 303 } 304 } 305 306 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 307 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 308 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 309 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 310 E = D->redecls_end(); 311 I != E; ++I) { 312 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 313 RedeclComments.find(*I); 314 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 315 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 316 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 317 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 318 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 319 break; 320 } 321 } else { 322 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 323 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 324 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 325 if (RC) { 326 Raw.setRaw(RC); 327 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 328 } else 329 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 330 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 331 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 332 if (RC) 333 break; 334 } 335 } 336 337 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 338 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 339 340 if (OriginalDecl) 341 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 342 343 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 344 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 345 Raw.setRaw(RC); 346 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 347 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 348 349 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 350 E = D->redecls_end(); 351 I != E; ++I) { 352 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 353 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 354 R = Raw; 355 } 356 357 return RC; 358} 359 360static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 361 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 362 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 363 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 364 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 365 if (!ID) 366 return; 367 // Add redeclared method here. 368 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = ID->getFirstClassExtension(); 369 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 370 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 371 ClsExtDecl->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 372 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 373 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 374 } 375 } 376} 377 378comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 379 const Decl *D) const { 380 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 381 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 382 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 383 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 384 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 385 comments::FullComment *CFC = 386 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 387 ThisDeclInfo); 388 return CFC; 389 390} 391 392comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 393 const Decl *D, 394 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 395 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 396 397 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 398 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 399 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 400 401 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 402 if (Canonical != D) { 403 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 404 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 405 return CFC; 406 } 407 return Pos->second; 408 } 409 410 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 411 412 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 413 if (!RC) { 414 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 415 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 416 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 417 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 418 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 419 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) { 420 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) { 421 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 422 return CFC; 423 } 424 } 425 } 426 return NULL; 427 } 428 429 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 430 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 431 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 432 // different across redeclarations. 433 if (D != OriginalDecl) 434 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 435 436 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 437 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 438 return FC; 439} 440 441void 442ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 443 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 444 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 445 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 446 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 447 448 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 449 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 450 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 451 PEnd = Params->end(); 452 P != PEnd; ++P) { 453 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 454 ID.AddInteger(0); 455 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 456 continue; 457 } 458 459 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 460 ID.AddInteger(1); 461 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 462 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 463 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 464 ID.AddBoolean(true); 465 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 466 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 467 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 468 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 469 } 470 } else 471 ID.AddBoolean(false); 472 continue; 473 } 474 475 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 476 ID.AddInteger(2); 477 Profile(ID, TTP); 478 } 479} 480 481TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 482ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 483 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 484 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 485 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 486 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 487 void *InsertPos = 0; 488 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 489 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 490 if (Canonical) 491 return Canonical->getParam(); 492 493 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 494 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 495 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 496 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 497 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 498 PEnd = Params->end(); 499 P != PEnd; ++P) { 500 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 501 CanonParams.push_back( 502 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 503 SourceLocation(), 504 SourceLocation(), 505 TTP->getDepth(), 506 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 507 TTP->isParameterPack())); 508 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 509 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 510 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 511 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 512 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 513 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 514 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 515 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 516 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 517 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 518 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 519 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 520 } 521 522 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 523 SourceLocation(), 524 SourceLocation(), 525 NTTP->getDepth(), 526 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 527 T, 528 TInfo, 529 ExpandedTypes.data(), 530 ExpandedTypes.size(), 531 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 532 } else { 533 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 534 SourceLocation(), 535 SourceLocation(), 536 NTTP->getDepth(), 537 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 538 T, 539 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 540 TInfo); 541 } 542 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 543 544 } else 545 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 546 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 547 } 548 549 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 550 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 551 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 552 TTP->getPosition(), 553 TTP->isParameterPack(), 554 0, 555 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 556 SourceLocation(), 557 CanonParams.data(), 558 CanonParams.size(), 559 SourceLocation())); 560 561 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 562 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 563 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 564 (void)Canonical; 565 566 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 567 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 568 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 569 return CanonTTP; 570} 571 572CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 573 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 574 575 switch (T.getCXXABI()) { 576 case CXXABI_ARM: 577 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 578 case CXXABI_Itanium: 579 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 580 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 581 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 582 } 583 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 584} 585 586static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 587 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 588 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 589 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 590 // language-specific address space. 591 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 592 1, // opencl_global 593 2, // opencl_local 594 3, // opencl_constant 595 4, // cuda_device 596 5, // cuda_constant 597 6 // cuda_shared 598 }; 599 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 600 } else { 601 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 602 } 603} 604 605ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 606 const TargetInfo *t, 607 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 608 Builtin::Context &builtins, 609 unsigned size_reserve, 610 bool DelayInitialization) 611 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 612 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 613 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 614 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 615 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 616 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 617 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 618 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 619 BOOLDecl(0), 620 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 621 FILEDecl(0), 622 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 623 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 624 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 625 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 626 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 627 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 628 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 629 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 630 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 631 DeclarationNames(*this), 632 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 633 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 634 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc), 635 LastSDM(0, 0), 636 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 637{ 638 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 639 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 640 641 if (!DelayInitialization) { 642 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 643 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 644 } 645} 646 647ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 648 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 649 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 650 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 651 652 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 653 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 654 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 655 656 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 657 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 658 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 659 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 660 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 661 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 662 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 663 R->Destroy(*this); 664 665 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 666 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 667 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 668 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 669 R->Destroy(*this); 670 } 671 672 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 673 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 674 A != AEnd; ++A) 675 A->second->~AttrVec(); 676} 677 678void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 679 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 680} 681 682void 683ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 684 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 685} 686 687void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 688 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 689 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 690 691 unsigned counts[] = { 692#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 693#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 694#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 695 0 // Extra 696 }; 697 698 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 699 Type *T = Types[i]; 700 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 701 } 702 703 unsigned Idx = 0; 704 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 705#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 706 if (counts[Idx]) \ 707 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 708 << " types\n"; \ 709 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 710 ++Idx; 711#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 712#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 713 714 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 715 716 // Implicit special member functions. 717 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 718 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 719 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 720 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 721 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 722 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 723 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 724 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 725 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 726 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 727 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 728 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 729 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 730 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 731 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 732 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 733 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 734 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 735 << NumImplicitDestructors 736 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 737 738 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 739 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 740 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 741 } 742 743 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 744} 745 746TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 747 if (!Int128Decl) { 748 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 749 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 750 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 751 SourceLocation(), 752 SourceLocation(), 753 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 754 TInfo); 755 } 756 757 return Int128Decl; 758} 759 760TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 761 if (!UInt128Decl) { 762 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 763 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 764 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 765 SourceLocation(), 766 SourceLocation(), 767 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 768 TInfo); 769 } 770 771 return UInt128Decl; 772} 773 774void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 775 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 776 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 777 Types.push_back(Ty); 778} 779 780void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 781 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 782 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 783 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 784 785 this->Target = &Target; 786 787 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 788 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 789 790 // C99 6.2.5p19. 791 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 792 793 // C99 6.2.5p2. 794 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 795 // C99 6.2.5p3. 796 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 797 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 798 else 799 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 800 // C99 6.2.5p4. 801 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 802 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 803 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 804 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 805 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 806 807 // C99 6.2.5p6. 808 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 809 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 810 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 811 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 812 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 813 814 // C99 6.2.5p10. 815 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 816 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 817 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 818 819 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 820 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 821 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 822 823 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 824 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 825 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 826 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 827 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 828 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar) 829 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 830 831 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 832 833 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 834 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 835 else // C99 836 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 837 838 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 839 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 840 else // C99 841 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 842 843 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 844 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 845 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 846 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 847 // expressions. 848 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 849 850 // Placeholder type for functions. 851 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 852 853 // Placeholder type for bound members. 854 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 855 856 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 857 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 858 859 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 860 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 861 862 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 863 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 864 865 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 866 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 867 868 // C99 6.2.5p11. 869 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 870 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 871 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 872 873 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 874 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 875 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 876 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 877 878 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 879 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 880 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 881 882 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 883 884 // void * type 885 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 886 887 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 888 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 889 890 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 891 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 892 893 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 894 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 895} 896 897DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 898 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 899} 900 901AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 902 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 903 if (!Result) { 904 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 905 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 906 } 907 908 return *Result; 909} 910 911/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 912void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 913 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 914 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 915 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 916 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 917 } 918} 919 920MemberSpecializationInfo * 921ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 922 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 923 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 924 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 925 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 926 return 0; 927 928 return Pos->second; 929} 930 931void 932ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 933 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 934 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 935 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 936 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 937 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 938 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 939 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 940 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 941} 942 943FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 944 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 945 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 946 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 947 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 948 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 949 return 0; 950 951 return Pos->second; 952} 953 954void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 955 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 956 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 957 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 958 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 959} 960 961NamedDecl * 962ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 963 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 964 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 965 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 966 return 0; 967 968 return Pos->second; 969} 970 971void 972ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 973 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 974 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 975 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 976 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 977 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 978 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 979} 980 981UsingShadowDecl * 982ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 983 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 984 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 985 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 986 return 0; 987 988 return Pos->second; 989} 990 991void 992ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 993 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 994 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 995 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 996} 997 998FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 999 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1000 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1001 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1002 return 0; 1003 1004 return Pos->second; 1005} 1006 1007void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1008 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1009 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1010 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1011 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1012 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1013 1014 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1015} 1016 1017bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1018 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1019 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1020 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 1021} 1022 1023bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1024 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1025 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1026 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 1027 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 1028} 1029 1030bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1031 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1032 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1033 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 1034 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1035} 1036 1037bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1038 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1039 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1040 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1041} 1042 1043bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1044 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1045 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1046 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1047} 1048 1049ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1050ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1051 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1052 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1053 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1054 return 0; 1055 1056 return Pos->second.begin(); 1057} 1058 1059ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1060ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1061 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1062 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1063 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1064 return 0; 1065 1066 return Pos->second.end(); 1067} 1068 1069unsigned 1070ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1071 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1072 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1073 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1074 return 0; 1075 1076 return Pos->second.size(); 1077} 1078 1079void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1080 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1081 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1082 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1083} 1084 1085void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1086 const NamedDecl *D, 1087 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1088 assert(D); 1089 1090 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1091 Overridden.append(CXXMethod->begin_overridden_methods(), 1092 CXXMethod->end_overridden_methods()); 1093 return; 1094 } 1095 1096 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1097 if (!Method) 1098 return; 1099 1100 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1101 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1102 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1103} 1104 1105void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1106 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1107 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1108 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1109 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1110 LastLocalImport = Import; 1111 return; 1112 } 1113 1114 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1115 LastLocalImport = Import; 1116} 1117 1118//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1119// Type Sizing and Analysis 1120//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1121 1122/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1123/// scalar floating point type. 1124const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1125 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1126 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1127 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1128 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1129 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1130 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1131 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1132 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1133 } 1134} 1135 1136/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1137/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1138/// this method will assert on them. 1139/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1140/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1141CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1142 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1143 1144 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1145 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1146 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1147 1148 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1149 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1150 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1151 // 1152 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1153 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1154 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1155 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1156 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1157 } else { 1158 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1159 } 1160 } 1161 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1162 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1163 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1164 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1165 1166 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1167 // else about the declaration and its type. 1168 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1169 // do nothing 1170 1171 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1172 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1173 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1174 if (RefAsPointee) 1175 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1176 else 1177 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1178 } 1179 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1180 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1181 // large-array alignment on the target. 1182 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1183 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1184 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1185 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1186 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1187 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1188 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1189 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1190 1191 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1192 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1193 } 1194 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1195 } 1196 1197 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1198 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1199 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1200 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1201 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1202 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1203 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1204 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1205 1206 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1207 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1208 1209 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1210 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1211 if (offset > 0) { 1212 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1213 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1214 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1215 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1216 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1217 } 1218 1219 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1220 } 1221 } 1222 1223 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1224} 1225 1226// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1227// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1228// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1229// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1230std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1231ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1232 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1233 1234 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1235 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1236 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1237 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1238 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1239 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1240 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1241 } 1242 } 1243 1244 return sizeAndAlign; 1245} 1246 1247std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1248ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1249 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1250 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1251 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1252} 1253 1254std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1255ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1256 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1257} 1258 1259std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1260 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1261 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1262 return it->second; 1263 1264 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1265 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1266 return Info; 1267} 1268 1269/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1270/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1271/// 1272/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1273/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1274/// should take a QualType, &c. 1275std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1276ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1277 uint64_t Width=0; 1278 unsigned Align=8; 1279 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1280#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1281#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1282#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1283#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1284#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1285 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1286 1287 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1288 case Type::FunctionProto: 1289 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1290 Width = 0; 1291 Align = 32; 1292 break; 1293 1294 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1295 case Type::VariableArray: 1296 Width = 0; 1297 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1298 break; 1299 1300 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1301 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1302 1303 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1304 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1305 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1306 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1307 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1308 Align = EltInfo.second; 1309 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1310 break; 1311 } 1312 case Type::ExtVector: 1313 case Type::Vector: { 1314 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1315 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1316 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1317 Align = Width; 1318 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1319 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1320 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1321 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1322 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1323 } 1324 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1325 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1326 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1327 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1328 break; 1329 } 1330 1331 case Type::Builtin: 1332 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1333 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1334 case BuiltinType::Void: 1335 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1336 Width = 0; 1337 Align = 8; 1338 break; 1339 1340 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1341 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1342 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1343 break; 1344 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1345 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1346 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1347 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1348 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1349 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1350 break; 1351 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1352 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1353 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1354 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1355 break; 1356 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1357 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1358 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1359 break; 1360 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1361 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1362 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1363 break; 1364 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1365 case BuiltinType::Short: 1366 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1367 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1368 break; 1369 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1370 case BuiltinType::Int: 1371 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1372 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1373 break; 1374 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1375 case BuiltinType::Long: 1376 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1377 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1378 break; 1379 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1380 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1381 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1382 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1383 break; 1384 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1385 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1386 Width = 128; 1387 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1388 break; 1389 case BuiltinType::Half: 1390 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1391 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1392 break; 1393 case BuiltinType::Float: 1394 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1395 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1396 break; 1397 case BuiltinType::Double: 1398 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1399 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1400 break; 1401 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1402 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1403 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1404 break; 1405 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1406 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1407 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1408 break; 1409 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1410 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1411 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1412 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1413 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1414 break; 1415 } 1416 break; 1417 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1418 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1419 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1420 break; 1421 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1422 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1423 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1424 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1425 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1426 break; 1427 } 1428 case Type::LValueReference: 1429 case Type::RValueReference: { 1430 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1431 // the pointer route. 1432 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1433 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1434 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1435 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1436 break; 1437 } 1438 case Type::Pointer: { 1439 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1440 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1441 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1442 break; 1443 } 1444 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1445 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1446 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo = 1447 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType()); 1448 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT); 1449 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second; 1450 break; 1451 } 1452 case Type::Complex: { 1453 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1454 // size. 1455 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1456 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1457 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1458 Align = EltInfo.second; 1459 break; 1460 } 1461 case Type::ObjCObject: 1462 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1463 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1464 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1465 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1466 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1467 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1468 break; 1469 } 1470 case Type::Record: 1471 case Type::Enum: { 1472 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1473 1474 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1475 Width = 8; 1476 Align = 8; 1477 break; 1478 } 1479 1480 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1481 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1482 1483 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1484 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1485 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1486 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1487 break; 1488 } 1489 1490 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1491 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1492 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1493 1494 case Type::Auto: { 1495 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1496 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1497 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1498 } 1499 1500 case Type::Paren: 1501 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1502 1503 case Type::Typedef: { 1504 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1505 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1506 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1507 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1508 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1509 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1510 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1511 Align = AttrAlign; 1512 else 1513 Align = Info.second; 1514 Width = Info.first; 1515 break; 1516 } 1517 1518 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1519 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1520 .getTypePtr()); 1521 1522 case Type::TypeOf: 1523 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1524 1525 case Type::Decltype: 1526 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1527 .getTypePtr()); 1528 1529 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1530 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1531 1532 case Type::Elaborated: 1533 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1534 1535 case Type::Attributed: 1536 return getTypeInfo( 1537 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1538 1539 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1540 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1541 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1542 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1543 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1544 // aligned attribute on it. 1545 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1546 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1547 else 1548 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1549 } 1550 1551 case Type::Atomic: { 1552 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1553 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1554 Width = Info.first; 1555 Align = Info.second; 1556 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth() && 1557 llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) { 1558 // We can potentially perform lock-free atomic operations for this 1559 // type; promote the alignment appropriately. 1560 // FIXME: We could potentially promote the width here as well... 1561 // is that worthwhile? (Non-struct atomic types generally have 1562 // power-of-two size anyway, but structs might not. Requires a bit 1563 // of implementation work to make sure we zero out the extra bits.) 1564 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1565 } 1566 } 1567 1568 } 1569 1570 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1571 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1572} 1573 1574/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1575CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1576 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1577} 1578 1579/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1580int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1581 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1582} 1583 1584/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1585/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1586CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1587 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1588} 1589CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1590 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1591} 1592 1593/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1594/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1595CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1596 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1597} 1598CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1599 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1600} 1601 1602/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1603/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1604/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1605/// a data type. 1606unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1607 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1608 1609 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1610 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1611 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1612 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1613 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1614 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1615 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1616 1617 return ABIAlign; 1618} 1619 1620/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1621/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1622/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1623/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1624/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1625/// 1626void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1627 bool leafClass, 1628 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1629 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1630 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1631 if (!leafClass) { 1632 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1633 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1634 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1635 } else { 1636 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1637 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1638 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1639 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1640 } 1641} 1642 1643/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1644/// those inherited by it. 1645void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1646 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1647 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1648 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1649 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1650 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1651 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1652 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1653 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1654 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1655 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1656 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1657 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1658 } 1659 } 1660 1661 // Categories of this Interface. 1662 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList(); 1663 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory()) 1664 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols); 1665 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1666 while (SD) { 1667 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1668 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1669 } 1670 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1671 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1672 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1673 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1674 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1675 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1676 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1677 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1678 } 1679 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1680 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1681 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1682 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1683 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1684 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1685 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1686 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1687 } 1688 } 1689} 1690 1691unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1692 unsigned count = 0; 1693 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1694 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl; 1695 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension()) 1696 count += CDecl->ivar_size(); 1697 1698 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1699 // includes synthesized ivars. 1700 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1701 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1702 1703 return count; 1704} 1705 1706bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1707 if (!E) 1708 return false; 1709 1710 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1711 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1712 1713 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1714 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1715 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1716 return true; 1717 1718 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1719 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1720 1721 return false; 1722} 1723 1724/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1725ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1726 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1727 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1728 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1729 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1730 return 0; 1731} 1732/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1733ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1734 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1735 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1736 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1737 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1738 return 0; 1739} 1740 1741/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1742void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1743 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1744 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1745 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1746} 1747/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1748void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1749 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1750 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1751 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1752} 1753 1754ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(NamedDecl *ND) const { 1755 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1756 return ID; 1757 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1758 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1759 if (ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1760 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1761 1762 return 0; 1763} 1764 1765/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1766/// none exists. 1767Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1768 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1769 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1770 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1771 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1772 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1773 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1774} 1775 1776/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1777void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1778 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1779 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1780 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1781 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1782} 1783 1784TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1785 unsigned DataSize) const { 1786 if (!DataSize) 1787 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1788 else 1789 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1790 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1791 1792 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1793 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1794 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1795 return TInfo; 1796} 1797 1798TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1799 SourceLocation L) const { 1800 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1801 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1802 return DI; 1803} 1804 1805const ASTRecordLayout & 1806ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1807 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1808} 1809 1810const ASTRecordLayout & 1811ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1812 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1813 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1814} 1815 1816//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1817// Type creation/memoization methods 1818//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1819 1820QualType 1821ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1822 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1823 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1824 1825 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1826 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1827 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1828 void *insertPos = 0; 1829 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1830 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1831 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1832 } 1833 1834 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1835 QualType canon; 1836 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1837 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1838 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1839 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1840 1841 // Re-find the insert position. 1842 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1843 } 1844 1845 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1846 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1847 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1848} 1849 1850QualType 1851ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1852 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1853 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1854 return T; 1855 1856 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1857 // into one ExtQuals node. 1858 QualifierCollector Quals; 1859 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1860 1861 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1862 // another one. 1863 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1864 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1865 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1866 1867 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1868} 1869 1870QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1871 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1872 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1873 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1874 return T; 1875 1876 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1877 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1878 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1879 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 1880 return getPointerType(ResultType); 1881 } 1882 } 1883 1884 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1885 // into one ExtQuals node. 1886 QualifierCollector Quals; 1887 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1888 1889 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 1890 // another one. 1891 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 1892 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 1893 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 1894 1895 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1896} 1897 1898const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 1899 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 1900 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 1901 return T; 1902 1903 QualType Result; 1904 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 1905 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 1906 } else { 1907 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 1908 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 1909 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 1910 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(), 1911 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 1912 } 1913 1914 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 1915} 1916 1917/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 1918/// number with the specified element type. 1919QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 1920 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1921 // structure. 1922 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1923 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 1924 1925 void *InsertPos = 0; 1926 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1927 return QualType(CT, 0); 1928 1929 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1930 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1931 QualType Canonical; 1932 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1933 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1934 1935 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1936 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1937 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1938 } 1939 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 1940 Types.push_back(New); 1941 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1942 return QualType(New, 0); 1943} 1944 1945/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 1946/// the specified type. 1947QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 1948 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1949 // structure. 1950 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1951 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1952 1953 void *InsertPos = 0; 1954 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1955 return QualType(PT, 0); 1956 1957 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1958 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1959 QualType Canonical; 1960 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1961 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1962 1963 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1964 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1965 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1966 } 1967 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 1968 Types.push_back(New); 1969 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1970 return QualType(New, 0); 1971} 1972 1973/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 1974/// a pointer to the specified block. 1975QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 1976 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 1977 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 1978 // structure. 1979 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1980 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1981 1982 void *InsertPos = 0; 1983 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 1984 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1985 return QualType(PT, 0); 1986 1987 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1988 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 1989 QualType Canonical; 1990 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1991 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1992 1993 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1994 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 1995 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1996 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1997 } 1998 BlockPointerType *New 1999 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2000 Types.push_back(New); 2001 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2002 return QualType(New, 0); 2003} 2004 2005/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2006/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2007QualType 2008ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2009 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2010 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2011 2012 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2013 // structure. 2014 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2015 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2016 2017 void *InsertPos = 0; 2018 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2019 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2020 return QualType(RT, 0); 2021 2022 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2023 2024 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2025 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2026 QualType Canonical; 2027 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2028 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2029 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2030 2031 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2032 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2033 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2034 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2035 } 2036 2037 LValueReferenceType *New 2038 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2039 SpelledAsLValue); 2040 Types.push_back(New); 2041 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2042 2043 return QualType(New, 0); 2044} 2045 2046/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2047/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2048QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2049 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2050 // structure. 2051 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2052 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2053 2054 void *InsertPos = 0; 2055 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2056 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2057 return QualType(RT, 0); 2058 2059 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2060 2061 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2062 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2063 QualType Canonical; 2064 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2065 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2066 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2067 2068 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2069 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2070 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2071 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2072 } 2073 2074 RValueReferenceType *New 2075 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2076 Types.push_back(New); 2077 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2078 return QualType(New, 0); 2079} 2080 2081/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2082/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2083QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2084 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2085 // structure. 2086 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2087 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2088 2089 void *InsertPos = 0; 2090 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2091 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2092 return QualType(PT, 0); 2093 2094 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2095 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2096 QualType Canonical; 2097 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2098 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2099 2100 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2101 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2102 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2103 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2104 } 2105 MemberPointerType *New 2106 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2107 Types.push_back(New); 2108 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2109 return QualType(New, 0); 2110} 2111 2112/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2113/// array of the specified element type. 2114QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2115 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2116 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2117 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2118 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2119 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2120 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2121 2122 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2123 // the target. 2124 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2125 ArySize = 2126 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2127 2128 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2129 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2130 2131 void *InsertPos = 0; 2132 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2133 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2134 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2135 2136 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2137 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2138 QualType Canon; 2139 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2140 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2141 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2142 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2143 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2144 2145 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2146 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2147 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2148 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2149 } 2150 2151 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2152 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2153 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2154 Types.push_back(New); 2155 return QualType(New, 0); 2156} 2157 2158/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2159/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2160/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2161QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2162 // Vastly most common case. 2163 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2164 2165 QualType result; 2166 2167 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2168 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2169 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2170#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2171#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2172#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2173#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2174 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2175 2176 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2177 case Type::Builtin: 2178 case Type::Complex: 2179 case Type::Vector: 2180 case Type::ExtVector: 2181 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2182 case Type::ObjCObject: 2183 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2184 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2185 case Type::Record: 2186 case Type::Enum: 2187 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2188 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2189 case Type::TypeOf: 2190 case Type::Decltype: 2191 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2192 case Type::DependentName: 2193 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2194 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2195 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2196 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2197 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2198 case Type::Auto: 2199 case Type::PackExpansion: 2200 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2201 2202 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2203 // further decay. 2204 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2205 case Type::FunctionProto: 2206 case Type::BlockPointer: 2207 case Type::MemberPointer: 2208 return type; 2209 2210 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2211 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2212 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2213 // optimizations available here. 2214 case Type::Pointer: 2215 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2216 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2217 break; 2218 2219 case Type::LValueReference: { 2220 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2221 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2222 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2223 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2224 break; 2225 } 2226 2227 case Type::RValueReference: { 2228 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2229 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2230 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2231 break; 2232 } 2233 2234 case Type::Atomic: { 2235 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2236 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2237 break; 2238 } 2239 2240 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2241 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2242 result = getConstantArrayType( 2243 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2244 cat->getSize(), 2245 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2246 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2247 break; 2248 } 2249 2250 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2251 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2252 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2253 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2254 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2255 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2256 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2257 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2258 break; 2259 } 2260 2261 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2262 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2263 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2264 result = getVariableArrayType( 2265 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2266 /*size*/ 0, 2267 ArrayType::Normal, 2268 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2269 SourceRange()); 2270 break; 2271 } 2272 2273 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2274 case Type::VariableArray: { 2275 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2276 result = getVariableArrayType( 2277 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2278 /*size*/ 0, 2279 ArrayType::Star, 2280 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2281 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2282 break; 2283 } 2284 } 2285 2286 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2287 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2288} 2289 2290/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2291/// variable array of the specified element type. 2292QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2293 Expr *NumElts, 2294 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2295 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2296 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2297 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2298 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2299 QualType Canon; 2300 2301 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2302 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2303 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2304 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2305 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2306 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2307 } 2308 2309 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2310 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2311 2312 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2313 Types.push_back(New); 2314 return QualType(New, 0); 2315} 2316 2317/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2318/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2319/// type. 2320QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2321 Expr *numElements, 2322 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2323 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2324 SourceRange brackets) const { 2325 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2326 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2327 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2328 2329 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2330 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2331 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2332 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2333 if (!numElements) { 2334 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2335 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2336 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2337 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2338 brackets); 2339 Types.push_back(newType); 2340 return QualType(newType, 0); 2341 } 2342 2343 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2344 // also build a canonical type. 2345 2346 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2347 2348 void *insertPos = 0; 2349 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2350 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2351 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2352 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2353 2354 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2355 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2356 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2357 2358 // If we don't have one, build one. 2359 if (!canonTy) { 2360 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2361 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2362 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2363 brackets); 2364 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2365 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2366 } 2367 2368 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2369 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2370 canonElementType.Quals); 2371 2372 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2373 // then just use that as our result. 2374 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2375 return canon; 2376 2377 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2378 // of the element type. 2379 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2380 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2381 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2382 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2383 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2384 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2385} 2386 2387QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2388 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2389 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2390 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2391 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2392 2393 void *insertPos = 0; 2394 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2395 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2396 return QualType(iat, 0); 2397 2398 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2399 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2400 // qualifiers off the element type. 2401 QualType canon; 2402 2403 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2404 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2405 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2406 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2407 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2408 2409 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2410 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2411 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2412 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2413 } 2414 2415 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2416 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2417 2418 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2419 Types.push_back(newType); 2420 return QualType(newType, 0); 2421} 2422 2423/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2424/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2425QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2426 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2427 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2428 2429 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2430 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2431 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2432 2433 void *InsertPos = 0; 2434 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2435 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2436 2437 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2438 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2439 QualType Canonical; 2440 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2441 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2442 2443 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2444 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2445 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2446 } 2447 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2448 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2449 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2450 Types.push_back(New); 2451 return QualType(New, 0); 2452} 2453 2454/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2455/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2456QualType 2457ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2458 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2459 2460 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2461 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2462 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2463 VectorType::GenericVector); 2464 void *InsertPos = 0; 2465 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2466 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2467 2468 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2469 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2470 QualType Canonical; 2471 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2472 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2473 2474 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2475 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2476 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2477 } 2478 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2479 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2480 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2481 Types.push_back(New); 2482 return QualType(New, 0); 2483} 2484 2485QualType 2486ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2487 Expr *SizeExpr, 2488 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2489 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2490 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2491 SizeExpr); 2492 2493 void *InsertPos = 0; 2494 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2495 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2496 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2497 if (Canon) { 2498 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2499 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2500 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2501 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2502 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2503 } else { 2504 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2505 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2506 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2507 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2508 AttrLoc); 2509 2510 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2511 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2512 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2513 (void)CanonCheck; 2514 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2515 } else { 2516 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2517 SourceLocation()); 2518 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2519 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2520 } 2521 } 2522 2523 Types.push_back(New); 2524 return QualType(New, 0); 2525} 2526 2527/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2528/// 2529QualType 2530ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2531 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2532 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2533 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2534 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2535 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2536 // structure. 2537 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2538 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2539 2540 void *InsertPos = 0; 2541 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2542 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2543 return QualType(FT, 0); 2544 2545 QualType Canonical; 2546 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2547 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2548 Canonical = 2549 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2550 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2551 2552 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2553 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2554 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2555 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2556 } 2557 2558 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2559 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2560 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2561 Types.push_back(New); 2562 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2563 return QualType(New, 0); 2564} 2565 2566/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2567/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2568QualType 2569ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, 2570 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs, 2571 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2572 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2573 // structure. 2574 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2575 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this); 2576 2577 void *InsertPos = 0; 2578 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2579 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2580 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2581 2582 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2583 bool isCanonical = 2584 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical() && 2585 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2586 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2587 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2588 isCanonical = false; 2589 2590 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2591 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2592 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2593 2594 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2595 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2596 QualType Canonical; 2597 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2598 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2599 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2600 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2601 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2602 2603 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2604 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2605 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2606 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2607 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2608 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2609 2610 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2611 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2612 CanonicalEPI); 2613 2614 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2615 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2616 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2617 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2618 } 2619 2620 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2621 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2622 // - parameter types 2623 // - exception types 2624 // - consumed-arguments flags 2625 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2626 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2627 // specification. 2628 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2629 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2630 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2631 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2632 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2633 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2634 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2635 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2636 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2637 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2638 } 2639 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2640 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2641 2642 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2643 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2644 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2645 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI); 2646 Types.push_back(FTP); 2647 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2648 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2649} 2650 2651#ifndef NDEBUG 2652static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2653 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2654 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2655 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2656 return true; 2657 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2658 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2659 return true; 2660 return false; 2661} 2662#endif 2663 2664/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2665/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2666QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2667 QualType TST) const { 2668 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2669 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2670 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2671 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2672 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2673 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2674 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2675 } else { 2676 Type *newType = 2677 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2678 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2679 Types.push_back(newType); 2680 } 2681 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2682} 2683 2684/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2685/// specified type declaration. 2686QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2687 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2688 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2689 2690 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2691 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2692 2693 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2694 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2695 2696 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2697 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2698 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2699 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2700 return getRecordType(Record); 2701 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2702 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2703 "enum has previous declaration"); 2704 return getEnumType(Enum); 2705 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2706 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2707 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2708 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2709 Types.push_back(newType); 2710 } else 2711 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2712 2713 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2714} 2715 2716/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2717/// specified typedef name decl. 2718QualType 2719ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2720 QualType Canonical) const { 2721 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2722 2723 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2724 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2725 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2726 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2727 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2728 Types.push_back(newType); 2729 return QualType(newType, 0); 2730} 2731 2732QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2733 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2734 2735 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2736 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2737 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2738 2739 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2740 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2741 Types.push_back(newType); 2742 return QualType(newType, 0); 2743} 2744 2745QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2746 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2747 2748 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2749 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2750 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2751 2752 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2753 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2754 Types.push_back(newType); 2755 return QualType(newType, 0); 2756} 2757 2758QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2759 QualType modifiedType, 2760 QualType equivalentType) { 2761 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2762 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2763 2764 void *insertPos = 0; 2765 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2766 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2767 2768 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2769 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2770 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2771 2772 Types.push_back(type); 2773 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2774 2775 return QualType(type, 0); 2776} 2777 2778 2779/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2780QualType 2781ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2782 QualType Replacement) const { 2783 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2784 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2785 2786 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2787 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2788 void *InsertPos = 0; 2789 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2790 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2791 2792 if (!SubstParm) { 2793 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2794 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2795 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2796 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2797 } 2798 2799 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2800} 2801 2802/// \brief Retrieve a 2803QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2804 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2805 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2806#ifndef NDEBUG 2807 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2808 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2809 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2810 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2811 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2812 } 2813#endif 2814 2815 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2816 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2817 void *InsertPos = 0; 2818 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2819 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2820 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2821 2822 QualType Canon; 2823 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2824 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2825 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2826 ArgPack); 2827 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2828 } 2829 2830 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2831 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2832 ArgPack); 2833 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2834 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2835 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2836} 2837 2838/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 2839/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 2840/// name. 2841QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 2842 bool ParameterPack, 2843 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 2844 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2845 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 2846 void *InsertPos = 0; 2847 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 2848 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2849 2850 if (TypeParm) 2851 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2852 2853 if (TTPDecl) { 2854 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2855 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 2856 2857 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 2858 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2859 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 2860 (void)TypeCheck; 2861 } else 2862 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2863 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2864 2865 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 2866 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 2867 2868 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2869} 2870 2871TypeSourceInfo * 2872ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 2873 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2874 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2875 QualType Underlying) const { 2876 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2877 "No dependent template names here!"); 2878 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 2879 2880 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 2881 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL 2882 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc()); 2883 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 2884 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 2885 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 2886 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 2887 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 2888 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 2889 return DI; 2890} 2891 2892QualType 2893ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2894 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2895 QualType Underlying) const { 2896 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2897 "No dependent template names here!"); 2898 2899 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 2900 2901 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 2902 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 2903 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2904 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 2905 2906 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 2907 Underlying); 2908} 2909 2910#ifndef NDEBUG 2911static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 2912 unsigned NumArgs) { 2913 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2914 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 2915 return true; 2916 2917 return true; 2918} 2919#endif 2920 2921QualType 2922ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2923 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2924 unsigned NumArgs, 2925 QualType Underlying) const { 2926 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2927 "No dependent template names here!"); 2928 // Look through qualified template names. 2929 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2930 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2931 2932 bool IsTypeAlias = 2933 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 2934 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 2935 QualType CanonType; 2936 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 2937 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 2938 else { 2939 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 2940 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 2941 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 2942 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 2943 IsTypeAlias = false; 2944 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 2945 NumArgs); 2946 } 2947 2948 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 2949 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 2950 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 2951 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2952 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 2953 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 2954 TypeAlignment); 2955 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2956 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 2957 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 2958 2959 Types.push_back(Spec); 2960 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2961} 2962 2963QualType 2964ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2965 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2966 unsigned NumArgs) const { 2967 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2968 "No dependent template names here!"); 2969 2970 // Look through qualified template names. 2971 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2972 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2973 2974 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 2975 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 2976 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 2977 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2978 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2979 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 2980 2981 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 2982 // exists. 2983 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2984 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 2985 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 2986 2987 void *InsertPos = 0; 2988 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2989 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2990 2991 if (!Spec) { 2992 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 2993 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2994 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2995 TypeAlignment); 2996 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 2997 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2998 QualType(), QualType()); 2999 Types.push_back(Spec); 3000 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3001 } 3002 3003 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3004 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3005 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3006} 3007 3008QualType 3009ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3010 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3011 QualType NamedType) const { 3012 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3013 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3014 3015 void *InsertPos = 0; 3016 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3017 if (T) 3018 return QualType(T, 0); 3019 3020 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3021 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3022 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3023 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3024 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3025 (void)CheckT; 3026 } 3027 3028 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3029 Types.push_back(T); 3030 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3031 return QualType(T, 0); 3032} 3033 3034QualType 3035ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3036 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3037 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3038 3039 void *InsertPos = 0; 3040 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3041 if (T) 3042 return QualType(T, 0); 3043 3044 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3045 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3046 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3047 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3048 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3049 (void)CheckT; 3050 } 3051 3052 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3053 Types.push_back(T); 3054 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3055 return QualType(T, 0); 3056} 3057 3058QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3059 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3060 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3061 QualType Canon) const { 3062 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3063 3064 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3065 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3066 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3067 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3068 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3069 3070 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3071 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3072 } 3073 3074 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3075 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3076 3077 void *InsertPos = 0; 3078 DependentNameType *T 3079 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3080 if (T) 3081 return QualType(T, 0); 3082 3083 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3084 Types.push_back(T); 3085 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3086 return QualType(T, 0); 3087} 3088 3089QualType 3090ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3091 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3092 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3093 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3094 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3095 // TODO: avoid this copy 3096 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3097 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3098 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3099 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3100 ArgCopy.size(), 3101 ArgCopy.data()); 3102} 3103 3104QualType 3105ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3106 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3107 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3108 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3109 unsigned NumArgs, 3110 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3111 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3112 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3113 3114 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3115 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3116 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3117 3118 void *InsertPos = 0; 3119 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3120 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3121 if (T) 3122 return QualType(T, 0); 3123 3124 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3125 3126 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3127 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3128 3129 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3130 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3131 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3132 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3133 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3134 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3135 } 3136 3137 QualType Canon; 3138 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3139 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3140 Name, NumArgs, 3141 CanonArgs.data()); 3142 3143 // Find the insert position again. 3144 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3145 } 3146 3147 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3148 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3149 TypeAlignment); 3150 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3151 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3152 Types.push_back(T); 3153 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3154 return QualType(T, 0); 3155} 3156 3157QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3158 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3159 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3160 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3161 3162 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3163 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3164 void *InsertPos = 0; 3165 PackExpansionType *T 3166 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3167 if (T) 3168 return QualType(T, 0); 3169 3170 QualType Canon; 3171 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3172 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3173 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3174 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3175 // parameters. 3176 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3177 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3178 3179 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3180 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3181 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3182 } 3183 } 3184 3185 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3186 Types.push_back(T); 3187 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3188 return QualType(T, 0); 3189} 3190 3191/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3192/// alphabetically. 3193static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3194 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3195 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3196} 3197 3198static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3199 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3200 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3201 3202 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3203 return false; 3204 3205 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3206 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3207 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3208 return false; 3209 return true; 3210} 3211 3212static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3213 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3214 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3215 3216 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3217 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3218 3219 // Canonicalize. 3220 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3221 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3222 3223 // Remove duplicates. 3224 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3225 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3226} 3227 3228QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3229 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3230 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3231 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3232 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3233 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3234 return BaseType; 3235 3236 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3237 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3238 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3239 void *InsertPos = 0; 3240 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3241 return QualType(QT, 0); 3242 3243 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3244 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3245 QualType Canonical; 3246 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3247 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3248 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3249 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3250 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3251 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3252 3253 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3254 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3255 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3256 } else { 3257 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3258 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3259 } 3260 3261 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3262 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3263 } 3264 3265 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3266 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3267 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3268 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3269 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3270 3271 Types.push_back(T); 3272 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3273 return QualType(T, 0); 3274} 3275 3276/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3277/// the given object type. 3278QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3279 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3280 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3281 3282 void *InsertPos = 0; 3283 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3284 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3285 return QualType(QT, 0); 3286 3287 // Find the canonical object type. 3288 QualType Canonical; 3289 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3290 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3291 3292 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3293 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3294 } 3295 3296 // No match. 3297 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3298 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3299 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3300 3301 Types.push_back(QType); 3302 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3303 return QualType(QType, 0); 3304} 3305 3306/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3307/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3308QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3309 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3310 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3311 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3312 3313 if (PrevDecl) { 3314 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3315 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3316 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3317 } 3318 3319 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3320 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3321 Decl = Def; 3322 3323 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3324 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3325 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3326 Types.push_back(T); 3327 return QualType(T, 0); 3328} 3329 3330/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3331/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3332/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3333/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3334/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3335QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3336 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3337 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3338 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3339 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3340 3341 void *InsertPos = 0; 3342 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3343 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3344 if (Canon) { 3345 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3346 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3347 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3348 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3349 } else { 3350 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3351 Canon 3352 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3353 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3354 toe = Canon; 3355 } 3356 } else { 3357 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3358 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3359 } 3360 Types.push_back(toe); 3361 return QualType(toe, 0); 3362} 3363 3364/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3365/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3366/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3367/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3368/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3369QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3370 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3371 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3372 Types.push_back(tot); 3373 return QualType(tot, 0); 3374} 3375 3376 3377/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3378/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3379/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3380/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3381/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3382QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3383 DecltypeType *dt; 3384 3385 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3386 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3387 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3388 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3389 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3390 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3391 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3392 3393 void *InsertPos = 0; 3394 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3395 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3396 if (Canon) { 3397 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3398 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3399 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3400 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3401 } else { 3402 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3403 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3404 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3405 dt = Canon; 3406 } 3407 } else { 3408 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3409 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3410 } 3411 Types.push_back(dt); 3412 return QualType(dt, 0); 3413} 3414 3415/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3416/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3417QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3418 QualType UnderlyingType, 3419 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3420 const { 3421 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3422 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3423 Kind, 3424 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3425 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3426 Types.push_back(Ty); 3427 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3428} 3429 3430/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced. 3431QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const { 3432 void *InsertPos = 0; 3433 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) { 3434 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3435 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3436 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType); 3437 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3438 return QualType(AT, 0); 3439 } 3440 3441 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType); 3442 Types.push_back(AT); 3443 if (InsertPos) 3444 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3445 return QualType(AT, 0); 3446} 3447 3448/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3449/// the given value type. 3450QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3451 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3452 // structure. 3453 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3454 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3455 3456 void *InsertPos = 0; 3457 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3458 return QualType(AT, 0); 3459 3460 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3461 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3462 QualType Canonical; 3463 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3464 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3465 3466 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3467 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3468 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3469 } 3470 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3471 Types.push_back(New); 3472 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3473 return QualType(New, 0); 3474} 3475 3476/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3477QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3478 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3479 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType()); 3480 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern"); 3481 return AutoDeductTy; 3482} 3483 3484/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3485QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3486 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3487 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3488 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3489 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3490} 3491 3492/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3493/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3494QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3495 assert (Decl); 3496 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3497 // away const? mutable? 3498 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3499} 3500 3501/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3502/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3503/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3504CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3505 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3506} 3507 3508/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3509CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3510 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3511} 3512 3513/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3514CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3515 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3516} 3517 3518/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3519/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3520QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3521 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3522 return WCharTy; 3523} 3524 3525/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3526/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3527QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3528 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3529 return UnsignedIntTy; 3530} 3531 3532/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3533/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3534QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3535 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3536} 3537 3538/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3539/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3540QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3541 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3542} 3543 3544//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3545// Type Operators 3546//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3547 3548CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3549 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3550 // qualifiers. 3551 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3552 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3553 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3554 QualType Result; 3555 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3556 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3557 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3558 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3559 } else { 3560 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3561 } 3562 3563 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3564} 3565 3566QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3567 Qualifiers &quals) { 3568 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3569 3570 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3571 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3572 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3573 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3574 const ArrayType *AT = 3575 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3576 3577 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3578 if (!AT) { 3579 quals = splitType.Quals; 3580 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3581 } 3582 3583 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3584 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3585 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3586 3587 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3588 // can just use the results in splitType. 3589 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3590 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3591 quals = splitType.Quals; 3592 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3593 } 3594 3595 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3596 // build the type back up. 3597 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3598 3599 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3600 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3601 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3602 } 3603 3604 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3605 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3606 } 3607 3608 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3609 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3610 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3611 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3612 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3613 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3614 } 3615 3616 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3617 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3618 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3619 SourceRange()); 3620} 3621 3622/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3623/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3624/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3625/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3626/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3627/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3628/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3629/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3630bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3631 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3632 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3633 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3634 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3635 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3636 return true; 3637 } 3638 3639 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3640 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3641 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3642 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3643 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3644 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3645 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3646 return true; 3647 } 3648 3649 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3650 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3651 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3652 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3653 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3654 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3655 return true; 3656 } 3657 } 3658 3659 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3660 3661 return false; 3662} 3663 3664DeclarationNameInfo 3665ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3666 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3667 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3668 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3669 case TemplateName::Template: 3670 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3671 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3672 NameLoc); 3673 3674 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3675 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3676 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3677 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3678 } 3679 3680 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3681 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3682 DeclarationName DName; 3683 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3684 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3685 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3686 } else { 3687 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3688 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3689 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3690 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3691 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3692 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3693 } 3694 } 3695 3696 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3697 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3698 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3699 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3700 NameLoc); 3701 } 3702 3703 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3704 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3705 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3706 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3707 NameLoc); 3708 } 3709 } 3710 3711 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3712} 3713 3714TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3715 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3716 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3717 case TemplateName::Template: { 3718 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3719 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3720 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3721 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3722 3723 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3724 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3725 } 3726 3727 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3728 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3729 3730 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3731 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3732 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3733 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3734 } 3735 3736 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3737 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3738 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3739 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3740 } 3741 3742 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3743 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3744 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3745 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3746 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3747 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3748 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3749 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3750 } 3751 } 3752 3753 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3754} 3755 3756bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3757 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3758 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3759 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3760} 3761 3762TemplateArgument 3763ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3764 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3765 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3766 return Arg; 3767 3768 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3769 return Arg; 3770 3771 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3772 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3773 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3774 } 3775 3776 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 3777 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 3778 /*isNullPtr*/true); 3779 3780 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3781 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3782 3783 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3784 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3785 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3786 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3787 3788 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3789 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3790 3791 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3792 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3793 3794 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3795 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3796 return Arg; 3797 3798 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3799 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3800 unsigned Idx = 0; 3801 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3802 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3803 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3804 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3805 3806 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3807 } 3808 } 3809 3810 // Silence GCC warning 3811 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 3812} 3813 3814NestedNameSpecifier * 3815ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 3816 if (!NNS) 3817 return 0; 3818 3819 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3820 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3821 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 3822 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 3823 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 3824 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 3825 3826 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 3827 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3828 // this namespace and no prefix. 3829 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3830 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 3831 3832 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 3833 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3834 // this namespace and no prefix. 3835 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3836 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 3837 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 3838 3839 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 3840 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 3841 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 3842 3843 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 3844 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 3845 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 3846 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 3847 // types, e.g., 3848 // typedef typename T::type T1; 3849 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 3850 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 3851 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 3852 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 3853 3854 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 3855 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 3856 // first place? 3857 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 3858 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 3859 } 3860 3861 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 3862 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 3863 return NNS; 3864 } 3865 3866 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 3867} 3868 3869 3870const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 3871 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 3872 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 3873 // Handle the common positive case fast. 3874 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 3875 return AT; 3876 } 3877 3878 // Handle the common negative case fast. 3879 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 3880 return 0; 3881 3882 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 3883 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 3884 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 3885 3886 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 3887 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 3888 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 3889 3890 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3891 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 3892 3893 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 3894 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 3895 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 3896 return ATy; 3897 3898 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 3899 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 3900 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 3901 3902 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 3903 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 3904 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 3905 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3906 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 3907 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 3908 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 3909 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3910 3911 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 3912 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 3913 return cast<ArrayType>( 3914 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 3915 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3916 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 3917 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3918 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 3919 3920 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 3921 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 3922 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3923 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3924 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3925 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 3926} 3927 3928QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 3929 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 3930 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 3931 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 3932 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 3933 // the array type derivation. 3934 if (T->isArrayType()) 3935 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 3936 3937 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 3938 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 3939 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 3940 // in 6.3.2.1. 3941 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3942 return getPointerType(T); 3943 3944 return T; 3945} 3946 3947QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 3948 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3949 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 3950 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 3951} 3952 3953/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 3954/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 3955/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 3956/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 3957/// 3958/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 3959QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 3960 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 3961 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 3962 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 3963 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 3964 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 3965 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 3966 3967 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 3968 3969 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 3970 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 3971} 3972 3973QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 3974 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 3975} 3976 3977QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 3978 Qualifiers qs; 3979 while (true) { 3980 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3981 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 3982 if (!array) break; 3983 3984 type = array->getElementType(); 3985 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 3986 } 3987 3988 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 3989} 3990 3991/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 3992uint64_t 3993ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 3994 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 3995 do { 3996 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3997 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType()); 3998 } while (CA); 3999 return ElementCount; 4000} 4001 4002/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4003/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4004static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4005 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4006 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4007 4008 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4009 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4010 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4011 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4012 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4013 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4014 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4015 } 4016} 4017 4018/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4019/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4020/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4021/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4022QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4023 QualType Domain) const { 4024 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4025 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4026 switch (EltRank) { 4027 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4028 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4029 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4030 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4031 } 4032 } 4033 4034 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4035 switch (EltRank) { 4036 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Half ranks are not valid here"); 4037 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4038 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4039 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4040 } 4041 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4042} 4043 4044/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4045/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4046/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4047/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4048int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4049 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4050 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4051 4052 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4053 return 0; 4054 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4055 return 1; 4056 return -1; 4057} 4058 4059/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4060/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4061/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4062unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4063 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4064 4065 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4066 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4067 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4068 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4069 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4070 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4071 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4072 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4073 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4074 case BuiltinType::Short: 4075 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4076 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4077 case BuiltinType::Int: 4078 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4079 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4080 case BuiltinType::Long: 4081 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4082 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4083 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4084 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4085 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4086 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4087 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4088 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4089 } 4090} 4091 4092/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4093/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4094/// 4095/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4096/// promotion occurs. 4097QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4098 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4099 return QualType(); 4100 4101 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 4102 if (!Field) 4103 return QualType(); 4104 4105 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4106 4107 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4108 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4109 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4110 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4111 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4112 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4113 return IntTy; 4114 4115 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4116 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4117 4118 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4119 // like the base type. 4120 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4121 // is ridiculous. 4122 return QualType(); 4123} 4124 4125/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4126/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4127/// integer type. 4128QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4129 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4130 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4131 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4132 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4133 4134 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4135 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4136 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4137 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4138 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4139 // unsigned long long int [...] 4140 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4141 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4142 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4143 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4144 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4145 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4146 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4147 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4148 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4149 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4150 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4151 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4152 (FromSize == ToSize && 4153 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4154 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4155 } 4156 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4157 } 4158 } 4159 4160 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4161 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4162 return IntTy; 4163 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4164 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4165 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4166 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4167} 4168 4169/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4170/// type and returns its ownership. 4171Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4172 while (!T.isNull()) { 4173 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4174 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4175 if (T->isArrayType()) 4176 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4177 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4178 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4179 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4180 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4181 else 4182 break; 4183 } 4184 4185 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4186} 4187 4188/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4189/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4190/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4191int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4192 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4193 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4194 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4195 4196 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4197 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4198 4199 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4200 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4201 4202 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4203 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4204 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4205 } 4206 4207 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4208 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4209 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4210 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4211 return 1; 4212 4213 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4214 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4215 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4216 return -1; 4217 } 4218 4219 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4220 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4221 return -1; 4222 4223 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4224 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4225 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4226 return 1; 4227} 4228 4229static RecordDecl * 4230CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4231 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4232 SourceLocation Loc; 4233 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4234 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4235 else 4236 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4237} 4238 4239// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4240QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4241 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4242 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4243 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4244 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4245 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4246 4247 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4248 4249 // const int *isa; 4250 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4251 // int flags; 4252 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4253 // const char *str; 4254 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4255 // long length; 4256 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4257 4258 // Create fields 4259 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4260 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4261 SourceLocation(), 4262 SourceLocation(), 0, 4263 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4264 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4265 /*Mutable=*/false, 4266 ICIS_NoInit); 4267 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4268 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4269 } 4270 4271 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4272 } 4273 4274 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4275} 4276 4277void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4278 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4279 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4280 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4281} 4282 4283QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4284 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4285 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4286 4287 RecordDecl *T; 4288 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4289 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4290 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4291 T->startDefinition(); 4292 4293 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4294 UnsignedLongTy, 4295 UnsignedLongTy, 4296 }; 4297 4298 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4299 "reserved", 4300 "Size" 4301 }; 4302 4303 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4304 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4305 SourceLocation(), 4306 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4307 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4308 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4309 /*Mutable=*/false, 4310 ICIS_NoInit); 4311 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4312 T->addDecl(Field); 4313 } 4314 4315 T->completeDefinition(); 4316 4317 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4318 4319 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4320} 4321 4322QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4323 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4324 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4325 4326 RecordDecl *T; 4327 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4328 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4329 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4330 T->startDefinition(); 4331 4332 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4333 UnsignedLongTy, 4334 UnsignedLongTy, 4335 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4336 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4337 }; 4338 4339 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4340 "reserved", 4341 "Size", 4342 "CopyFuncPtr", 4343 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4344 }; 4345 4346 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4347 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4348 SourceLocation(), 4349 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4350 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4351 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4352 /*Mutable=*/false, 4353 ICIS_NoInit); 4354 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4355 T->addDecl(Field); 4356 } 4357 4358 T->completeDefinition(); 4359 4360 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4361 4362 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4363} 4364 4365/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4366/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4367/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4368bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4369 const VarDecl *D) { 4370 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4371 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4372 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4373 4374 return true; 4375 } 4376 4377 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4378 4379 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4380 4381 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4382 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4383 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4384 4385 switch (lifetime) { 4386 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4387 4388 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4389 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4390 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4391 return false; 4392 4393 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4394 // byref routines. 4395 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4396 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4397 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4398 return true; 4399 } 4400 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4401 } 4402 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4403 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4404} 4405 4406bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4407 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4408 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4409 4410 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4411 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4412 return false; 4413 4414 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4415 if (Ty->isAggregateType()) { 4416 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4417 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4418 } 4419 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4420 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4421 // MRR. 4422 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4423 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4424 else 4425 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4426 return true; 4427} 4428 4429TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4430 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4431 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4432 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4433 SourceLocation(), 4434 SourceLocation(), 4435 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4436 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4437 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4438} 4439 4440// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4441// typedef <type> BOOL; 4442static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4443 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4444 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4445 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4446 4447 return false; 4448} 4449 4450/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4451/// purpose. 4452CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4453 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4454 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4455 4456 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4457 4458 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4459 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4460 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4461 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4462 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4463 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4464 return sz; 4465} 4466 4467static inline 4468std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4469 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4470} 4471 4472/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4473/// declaration. 4474std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4475 std::string S; 4476 4477 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4478 QualType BlockTy = 4479 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4480 // Encode result type. 4481 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4482 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4483 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4484 S, true /*Extended*/); 4485 else 4486 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4487 S); 4488 // Compute size of all parameters. 4489 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4490 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4491 SourceLocation Loc; 4492 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4493 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4494 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4495 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4496 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4497 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4498 if (sz.isZero()) 4499 continue; 4500 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4501 ParmOffset += sz; 4502 } 4503 // Size of the argument frame 4504 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4505 // Block pointer and offset. 4506 S += "@?0"; 4507 4508 // Argument types. 4509 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4510 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4511 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4512 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4513 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4514 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4515 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4516 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4517 // elements. 4518 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4519 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4520 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4521 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4522 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4523 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4524 S, true /*Extended*/); 4525 else 4526 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4527 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4528 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4529 } 4530 4531 return S; 4532} 4533 4534bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4535 std::string& S) { 4536 // Encode result type. 4537 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4538 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4539 // Compute size of all parameters. 4540 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4541 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4542 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4543 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4544 if (sz.isZero()) 4545 continue; 4546 4547 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4548 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4549 ParmOffset += sz; 4550 } 4551 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4552 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4553 4554 // Argument types. 4555 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4556 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4557 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4558 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4559 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4560 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4561 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4562 // elements. 4563 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4564 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4565 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4566 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4567 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4568 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4569 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4570 } 4571 4572 return false; 4573} 4574 4575/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4576/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4577/// block object types. 4578void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4579 QualType T, std::string& S, 4580 bool Extended) const { 4581 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4582 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4583 // Encode parameter type. 4584 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4585 true /*OutermostType*/, 4586 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4587 false /*StructField*/, 4588 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4589 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4590} 4591 4592/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4593/// declaration. 4594bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4595 std::string& S, 4596 bool Extended) const { 4597 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4598 // Encode return type. 4599 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4600 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4601 // Compute size of all parameters. 4602 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4603 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4604 SourceLocation Loc; 4605 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4606 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4607 // their size. 4608 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4609 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4610 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4611 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4612 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4613 if (sz.isZero()) 4614 continue; 4615 4616 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4617 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4618 ParmOffset += sz; 4619 } 4620 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4621 S += "@0:"; 4622 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4623 4624 // Argument types. 4625 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4626 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4627 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4628 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4629 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4630 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4631 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4632 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4633 // elements. 4634 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4635 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4636 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4637 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4638 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4639 PType, S, Extended); 4640 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4641 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4642 } 4643 4644 return false; 4645} 4646 4647/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4648/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4649/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4650/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4651/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4652/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4653/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4654/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4655/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4656/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4657/// @code 4658/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4659/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4660/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4661/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4662/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4663/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4664/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4665/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4666/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4667/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4668/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4669/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4670/// }; 4671/// @endcode 4672void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4673 const Decl *Container, 4674 std::string& S) const { 4675 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4676 bool Dynamic = false; 4677 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4678 4679 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4680 if (Container) { 4681 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4682 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4683 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4684 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4685 i != e; ++i) { 4686 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4687 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4688 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4689 Dynamic = true; 4690 } else { 4691 SynthesizePID = PID; 4692 } 4693 } 4694 } 4695 } else { 4696 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4697 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4698 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4699 i != e; ++i) { 4700 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4701 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4702 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4703 Dynamic = true; 4704 } else { 4705 SynthesizePID = PID; 4706 } 4707 } 4708 } 4709 } 4710 } 4711 4712 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4713 S = "T"; 4714 4715 // Encode result type. 4716 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4717 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4718 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4719 true /* outermost type */, 4720 true /* encoding for property */); 4721 4722 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4723 S += ",R"; 4724 } else { 4725 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4726 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4727 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4728 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4729 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4730 } 4731 } 4732 4733 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4734 // are "dynamic by default". 4735 if (Dynamic) 4736 S += ",D"; 4737 4738 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4739 S += ",N"; 4740 4741 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4742 S += ",G"; 4743 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4744 } 4745 4746 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4747 S += ",S"; 4748 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4749 } 4750 4751 if (SynthesizePID) { 4752 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4753 S += ",V"; 4754 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4755 } 4756 4757 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4758} 4759 4760/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4761/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4762/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4763/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4764/// 4765void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4766 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4767 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4768 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4769 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4770 else 4771 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4772 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4773 } 4774 } 4775} 4776 4777void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4778 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4779 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4780 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4781 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4782 // same type. 4783 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4784 true /* outermost type */); 4785} 4786 4787static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) { 4788 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4789 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled builtin type kind"); 4790 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4791 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4792 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4793 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4794 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 4795 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 4796 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4797 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 4798 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 4799 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 4800 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4801 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 4802 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 4803 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 4804 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 4805 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 4806 case BuiltinType::Long: 4807 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 4808 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 4809 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 4810 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 4811 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 4812 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 4813 } 4814} 4815 4816static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 4817 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 4818 4819 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 4820 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 4821 return 'i'; 4822 4823 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 4824 return ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, Enum->getIntegerType()); 4825} 4826 4827static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 4828 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 4829 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 4830 S += 'b'; 4831 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 4832 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 4833 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 4834 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 4835 // 4836 // struct 4837 // { 4838 // int integer; 4839 // int flags:2; 4840 // }; 4841 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 4842 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 4843 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 4844 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 4845 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 4846 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 4847 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 4848 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4849 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 4850 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 4851 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 4852 else 4853 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T); 4854 } 4855 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 4856} 4857 4858// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 4859void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 4860 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 4861 bool ExpandStructures, 4862 const FieldDecl *FD, 4863 bool OutermostType, 4864 bool EncodingProperty, 4865 bool StructField, 4866 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 4867 bool EncodeClassNames) const { 4868 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4869 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4870 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4871 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T); 4872 return; 4873 } 4874 4875 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4876 S += 'j'; 4877 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 4878 false); 4879 return; 4880 } 4881 4882 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types. 4883 QualType PointeeTy; 4884 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 4885 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 4886 S += ':'; 4887 return; 4888 } 4889 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 4890 } 4891 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4892 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType(); 4893 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) { 4894 bool isReadOnly = false; 4895 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 4896 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 4897 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 4898 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 4899 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 4900 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 4901 isReadOnly = true; 4902 S += 'r'; 4903 } 4904 } else if (OutermostType) { 4905 QualType P = PointeeTy; 4906 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 4907 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4908 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 4909 isReadOnly = true; 4910 S += 'r'; 4911 } 4912 } 4913 if (isReadOnly) { 4914 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 4915 // combinations need to be rearranged. 4916 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 4917 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 4918 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 4919 } 4920 4921 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 4922 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 4923 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 4924 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 4925 S += '*'; 4926 return; 4927 } 4928 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4929 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 4930 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 4931 S += '#'; 4932 return; 4933 } 4934 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 4935 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 4936 S += '@'; 4937 return; 4938 } 4939 // fall through... 4940 } 4941 S += '^'; 4942 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 4943 4944 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4945 NULL); 4946 return; 4947 } 4948 4949 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4950 // Ignore type qualifiers etc. 4951 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4952 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 4953 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 4954 S += '^'; 4955 4956 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4957 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4958 } else { 4959 S += '['; 4960 4961 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 4962 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 4963 S += '0'; 4964 else 4965 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 4966 } else { 4967 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 4968 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 4969 "Unknown array type!"); 4970 S += '0'; 4971 } 4972 4973 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4974 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4975 S += ']'; 4976 } 4977 return; 4978 } 4979 4980 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { 4981 S += '?'; 4982 return; 4983 } 4984 4985 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4986 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); 4987 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 4988 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 4989 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 4990 S += II->getName(); 4991 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 4992 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 4993 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 4994 std::string TemplateArgsStr 4995 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList( 4996 TemplateArgs.data(), 4997 TemplateArgs.size(), 4998 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 4999 5000 S += TemplateArgsStr; 5001 } 5002 } else { 5003 S += '?'; 5004 } 5005 if (ExpandStructures) { 5006 S += '='; 5007 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5008 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5009 } else { 5010 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5011 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5012 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5013 if (FD) { 5014 S += '"'; 5015 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5016 S += '"'; 5017 } 5018 5019 // Special case bit-fields. 5020 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5021 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5022 *Field); 5023 } else { 5024 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5025 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5026 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5027 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5028 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5029 /*StructField*/true); 5030 } 5031 } 5032 } 5033 } 5034 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5035 return; 5036 } 5037 5038 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) { 5039 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5040 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5041 else 5042 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, ET); 5043 return; 5044 } 5045 5046 if (const BlockPointerType *BT = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { 5047 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5048 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5049 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5050 5051 S += '<'; 5052 // Block return type 5053 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5054 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5055 FD, 5056 false /* OutermostType */, 5057 EncodingProperty, 5058 false /* StructField */, 5059 EncodeBlockParameters, 5060 EncodeClassNames); 5061 // Block self 5062 S += "@?"; 5063 // Block parameters 5064 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5065 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5066 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5067 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5068 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5069 ExpandStructures, 5070 FD, 5071 false /* OutermostType */, 5072 EncodingProperty, 5073 false /* StructField */, 5074 EncodeBlockParameters, 5075 EncodeClassNames); 5076 } 5077 } 5078 S += '>'; 5079 } 5080 return; 5081 } 5082 5083 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5084 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) 5085 T = OT->getBaseType(); 5086 5087 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) { 5088 // @encode(class_name) 5089 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5090 S += '{'; 5091 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5092 S += II->getName(); 5093 S += '='; 5094 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5095 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5096 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5097 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5098 if (Field->isBitField()) 5099 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5100 else 5101 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD); 5102 } 5103 S += '}'; 5104 return; 5105 } 5106 5107 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 5108 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5109 S += '@'; 5110 return; 5111 } 5112 5113 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5114 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5115 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5116 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5117 S += '#'; 5118 return; 5119 } 5120 5121 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5122 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5123 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5124 ExpandStructures, FD); 5125 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5126 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5127 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5128 S += '"'; 5129 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5130 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5131 S += '<'; 5132 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5133 S += '>'; 5134 } 5135 S += '"'; 5136 } 5137 return; 5138 } 5139 5140 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5141 if (!EncodingProperty && 5142 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 5143 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5144 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5145 // {...}; 5146 S += '^'; 5147 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5148 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5149 NULL); 5150 return; 5151 } 5152 5153 S += '@'; 5154 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5155 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5156 S += '"'; 5157 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5158 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5159 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5160 S += '<'; 5161 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5162 S += '>'; 5163 } 5164 S += '"'; 5165 } 5166 return; 5167 } 5168 5169 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5170 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these 5171 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5172 return; 5173 5174 if (T->isVectorType()) { 5175 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5176 // insufficient. 5177 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5178 return; 5179 } 5180 5181 llvm_unreachable("@encode for type not implemented!"); 5182} 5183 5184void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5185 std::string &S, 5186 const FieldDecl *FD, 5187 bool includeVBases) const { 5188 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5189 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5190 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5191 return; 5192 5193 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5194 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5195 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5196 5197 if (CXXRec) { 5198 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5199 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5200 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5201 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5202 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5203 if (base->isEmpty()) 5204 continue; 5205 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5206 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5207 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5208 } 5209 } 5210 } 5211 5212 unsigned i = 0; 5213 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5214 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5215 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5216 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5217 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5218 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5219 } 5220 5221 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5222 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5223 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5224 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5225 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5226 if (base->isEmpty()) 5227 continue; 5228 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5229 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5230 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5231 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5232 } 5233 } 5234 5235 CharUnits size; 5236 if (CXXRec) { 5237 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5238 } else { 5239 size = layout.getSize(); 5240 } 5241 5242 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5243 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5244 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5245 5246 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5247 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5248 if (FD) { 5249 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5250 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5251 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5252 S += recname; 5253 S += '"'; 5254 } 5255 S += "^^?"; 5256 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5257 } 5258 5259 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5260 // Mark the end of the structure. 5261 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5262 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5263 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5264 } 5265 5266 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5267 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5268 5269 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5270 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5271 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5272 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5273 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5274 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5275 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5276 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5277 // longer then though. 5278 CurOffs += padding; 5279 } 5280 5281 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5282 if (dcl == 0) 5283 break; // reached end of structure. 5284 5285 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5286 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5287 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5288 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5289 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5290 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5291 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5292 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5293 } else { 5294 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5295 if (FD) { 5296 S += '"'; 5297 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5298 S += '"'; 5299 } 5300 5301 if (field->isBitField()) { 5302 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5303 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5304 } else { 5305 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5306 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5307 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5308 /*OutermostType*/false, 5309 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5310 /*StructField*/true); 5311 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5312 } 5313 } 5314 } 5315} 5316 5317void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5318 std::string& S) const { 5319 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5320 S += 'n'; 5321 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5322 S += 'N'; 5323 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5324 S += 'o'; 5325 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5326 S += 'O'; 5327 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5328 S += 'R'; 5329 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5330 S += 'V'; 5331} 5332 5333TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5334 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5335 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5336 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5337 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5338 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5339 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5340 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5341 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5342 } 5343 5344 return ObjCIdDecl; 5345} 5346 5347TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5348 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5349 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5350 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5351 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5352 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5353 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5354 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5355 } 5356 return ObjCSelDecl; 5357} 5358 5359TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5360 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5361 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5362 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5363 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5364 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5365 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5366 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5367 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5368 } 5369 5370 return ObjCClassDecl; 5371} 5372 5373ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5374 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5375 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5376 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5377 SourceLocation(), 5378 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5379 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5380 SourceLocation(), true); 5381 } 5382 5383 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5384} 5385 5386//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5387// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5388//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5389 5390static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5391 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5392 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5393 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5394 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5395 5396 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5397 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5398 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5399 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5400 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5401 TInfo); 5402 return VaListTypeDecl; 5403} 5404 5405static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5406 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5407 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5408 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5409 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5410 5411 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5412 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5413 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5414 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5415 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5416 TInfo); 5417 return VaListTypeDecl; 5418} 5419 5420static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5421 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5422 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5423 5424 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5425 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5426 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5427 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5428 5429 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5430 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5431 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5432 5433 // unsigned char gpr; 5434 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5435 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5436 5437 // unsigned char fpr; 5438 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5439 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5440 5441 // unsigned short reserved; 5442 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5443 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5444 5445 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5446 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5447 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5448 5449 // void* reg_save_area; 5450 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5451 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5452 5453 // Create fields 5454 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5455 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5456 SourceLocation(), 5457 SourceLocation(), 5458 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5459 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5460 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5461 /*Mutable=*/false, 5462 ICIS_NoInit); 5463 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5464 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5465 } 5466 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5467 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5468 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5469 5470 // } __va_list_tag; 5471 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5472 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5473 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5474 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5475 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5476 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5477 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5478 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5479 5480 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5481 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5482 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5483 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5484 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5485 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5486 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5487 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5488 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5489 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5490 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5491 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5492 TInfo); 5493 5494 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5495} 5496 5497static TypedefDecl * 5498CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5499 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5500 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5501 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5502 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5503 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5504 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5505 5506 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5507 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5508 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5509 5510 // unsigned gp_offset; 5511 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5512 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5513 5514 // unsigned fp_offset; 5515 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5516 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5517 5518 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5519 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5520 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5521 5522 // void* reg_save_area; 5523 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5524 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5525 5526 // Create fields 5527 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5528 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5529 VaListTagDecl, 5530 SourceLocation(), 5531 SourceLocation(), 5532 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5533 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5534 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5535 /*Mutable=*/false, 5536 ICIS_NoInit); 5537 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5538 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5539 } 5540 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5541 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5542 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5543 5544 // } __va_list_tag; 5545 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5546 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5547 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5548 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5549 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5550 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5551 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5552 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5553 5554 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5555 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5556 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5557 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5558 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5559 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5560 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5561 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5562 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5563 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5564 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5565 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5566 TInfo); 5567 5568 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5569} 5570 5571static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5572 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5573 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5574 QualType IntArrayType 5575 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5576 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5577 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5578 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5579 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5580 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5581 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5582 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5583 5584 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5585} 5586 5587static TypedefDecl * 5588CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5589 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5590 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5591 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5592 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5593 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5594 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5595 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5596 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5597 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5598 5599 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5600 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5601 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5602 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5603 5604 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5605 5606 } else { 5607 // struct __va_list { 5608 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5609 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5610 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5611 } 5612 5613 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5614 5615 // void * __ap; 5616 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5617 VaListDecl, 5618 SourceLocation(), 5619 SourceLocation(), 5620 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 5621 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 5622 /*TInfo=*/0, 5623 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5624 /*Mutable=*/false, 5625 ICIS_NoInit); 5626 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5627 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 5628 5629 // }; 5630 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 5631 5632 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 5633 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5634 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 5635 5636 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5637 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5638 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5639 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5640 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5641 TInfo); 5642 5643 return VaListTypeDecl; 5644} 5645 5646static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 5647 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 5648 switch (Kind) { 5649 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 5650 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5651 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 5652 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5653 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 5654 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5655 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5656 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5657 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 5658 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5659 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 5660 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5661 } 5662 5663 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 5664} 5665 5666TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 5667 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 5668 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 5669 5670 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 5671} 5672 5673QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 5674 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 5675 // declaration. 5676 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 5677 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 5678 5679 return VaListTagTy; 5680} 5681 5682void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 5683 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 5684 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 5685 5686 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 5687} 5688 5689/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 5690/// lookup. 5691TemplateName 5692ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 5693 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 5694 unsigned size = End - Begin; 5695 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 5696 5697 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 5698 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 5699 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 5700 5701 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 5702 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 5703 NamedDecl *D = *I; 5704 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 5705 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 5706 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 5707 *Storage++ = D; 5708 } 5709 5710 return TemplateName(OT); 5711} 5712 5713/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 5714/// template name such as \c std::vector. 5715TemplateName 5716ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5717 bool TemplateKeyword, 5718 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 5719 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 5720 5721 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 5722 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5723 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5724 5725 void *InsertPos = 0; 5726 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 5727 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5728 if (!QTN) { 5729 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 5730 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5731 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5732 } 5733 5734 return TemplateName(QTN); 5735} 5736 5737/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5738/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 5739TemplateName 5740ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5741 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 5742 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5743 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5744 5745 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5746 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 5747 5748 void *InsertPos = 0; 5749 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 5750 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5751 5752 if (QTN) 5753 return TemplateName(QTN); 5754 5755 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5756 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5757 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5758 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 5759 } else { 5760 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 5761 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5762 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 5763 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 5764 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5765 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 5766 (void)CheckQTN; 5767 } 5768 5769 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5770 return TemplateName(QTN); 5771} 5772 5773/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5774/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 5775TemplateName 5776ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5777 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 5778 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5779 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5780 5781 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5782 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 5783 5784 void *InsertPos = 0; 5785 DependentTemplateName *QTN 5786 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5787 5788 if (QTN) 5789 return TemplateName(QTN); 5790 5791 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5792 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5793 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5794 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 5795 } else { 5796 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 5797 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 5798 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 5799 5800 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 5801 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5802 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 5803 (void)CheckQTN; 5804 } 5805 5806 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5807 return TemplateName(QTN); 5808} 5809 5810TemplateName 5811ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 5812 TemplateName replacement) const { 5813 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5814 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 5815 5816 void *insertPos = 0; 5817 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 5818 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 5819 5820 if (!subst) { 5821 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 5822 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 5823 } 5824 5825 return TemplateName(subst); 5826} 5827 5828TemplateName 5829ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5830 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 5831 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 5832 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5833 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 5834 5835 void *InsertPos = 0; 5836 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 5837 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5838 5839 if (!Subst) { 5840 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 5841 ArgPack.pack_size(), 5842 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 5843 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 5844 } 5845 5846 return TemplateName(Subst); 5847} 5848 5849/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 5850/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 5851/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 5852CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 5853 switch (Type) { 5854 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 5855 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 5856 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 5857 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 5858 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 5859 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 5860 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 5861 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 5862 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 5863 } 5864 5865 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 5866} 5867 5868//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5869// Type Predicates. 5870//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5871 5872/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 5873/// garbage collection attribute. 5874/// 5875Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 5876 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 5877 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 5878 5879 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 5880 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 5881 5882 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 5883 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 5884 // as __strong. 5885 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 5886 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 5887 return Qualifiers::Strong; 5888 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 5889 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 5890 } else { 5891 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 5892 // pointer. 5893#ifndef NDEBUG 5894 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 5895 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 5896 CT = AT->getElementType(); 5897 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 5898#endif 5899 } 5900 return GCAttrs; 5901} 5902 5903//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5904// Type Compatibility Testing 5905//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5906 5907/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 5908/// compatible. 5909static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 5910 const VectorType *RHS) { 5911 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 5912 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 5913 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 5914} 5915 5916bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 5917 QualType SecondVec) { 5918 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 5919 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 5920 5921 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 5922 return true; 5923 5924 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 5925 // equivalent GCC vector types. 5926 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5927 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5928 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 5929 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 5930 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5931 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 5932 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5933 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 5934 return true; 5935 5936 return false; 5937} 5938 5939//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5940// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 5941//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5942 5943/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 5944/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 5945bool 5946ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 5947 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 5948 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 5949 return true; 5950 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 5951 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 5952 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 5953 return true; 5954 return false; 5955} 5956 5957/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...> 5958/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 5959/// otherwise. 5960bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 5961 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5962 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 5963 return false; 5964} 5965 5966/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 5967/// Class<pr1, ...>. 5968bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 5969 QualType rhs) { 5970 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5971 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5972 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 5973 5974 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5975 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5976 bool match = false; 5977 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5978 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5979 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5980 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5981 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 5982 match = true; 5983 break; 5984 } 5985 } 5986 if (!match) 5987 return false; 5988 } 5989 return true; 5990} 5991 5992/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 5993/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 5994bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 5995 bool compare) { 5996 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 5997 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 5998 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 5999 return true; 6000 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6001 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6002 return true; 6003 6004 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6005 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6006 6007 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6008 6009 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6010 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6011 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6012 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6013 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6014 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6015 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6016 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6017 // through its super class and categories. 6018 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6019 return false; 6020 } 6021 } 6022 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6023 return true; 6024 } 6025 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6026 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6027 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6028 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6029 bool match = false; 6030 6031 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6032 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6033 // through its super class and categories. 6034 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6035 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6036 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6037 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6038 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6039 match = true; 6040 break; 6041 } 6042 } 6043 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6044 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6045 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6046 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6047 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6048 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6049 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6050 // through its super class and categories. 6051 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6052 match = true; 6053 break; 6054 } 6055 } 6056 } 6057 if (!match) 6058 return false; 6059 } 6060 6061 return true; 6062 } 6063 6064 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6065 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6066 6067 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6068 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6069 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6070 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6071 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6072 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6073 bool match = false; 6074 6075 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6076 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6077 // through its super class and categories. 6078 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6079 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6080 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6081 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6082 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6083 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6084 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6085 match = true; 6086 break; 6087 } 6088 } 6089 if (!match) 6090 return false; 6091 } 6092 6093 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6094 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6095 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6096 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6097 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6098 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6099 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6100 // assume that it is mismatch. 6101 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6102 return false; 6103 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6104 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6105 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6106 bool match = false; 6107 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6108 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6109 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6110 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6111 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6112 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6113 match = true; 6114 break; 6115 } 6116 } 6117 if (!match) 6118 return false; 6119 } 6120 } 6121 return true; 6122 } 6123 return false; 6124} 6125 6126/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6127/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6128/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6129/// 6130bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6131 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6132 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6133 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6134 6135 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6136 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6137 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6138 return true; 6139 6140 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6141 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6142 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6143 false); 6144 6145 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6146 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6147 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6148 6149 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6150 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6151 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6152 6153 return false; 6154} 6155 6156/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6157/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6158/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6159/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6160/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6161bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6162 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6163 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6164 bool BlockReturnType) { 6165 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6166 return true; 6167 6168 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6169 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6170 } 6171 6172 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6173 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6174 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6175 false); 6176 6177 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6178 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6179 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6180 if (LHS != RHS) { 6181 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6182 return BlockReturnType; 6183 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6184 return !BlockReturnType; 6185 } 6186 else 6187 return true; 6188 } 6189 return false; 6190} 6191 6192/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6193/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6194/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6195/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6196static 6197void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6198 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6199 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6200 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6201 6202 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6203 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6204 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6205 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6206 6207 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6208 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6209 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6210 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6211 else { 6212 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6213 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6214 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6215 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6216 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6217 } 6218 6219 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6220 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6221 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6222 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6223 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6224 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6225 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6226 } else { 6227 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6228 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6229 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6230 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6231 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6232 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6233 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6234 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6235 } 6236} 6237 6238/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6239/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6240/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6241/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6242QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6243 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6244 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6245 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6246 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6247 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6248 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6249 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6250 return QualType(); 6251 6252 do { 6253 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6254 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6255 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6256 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6257 6258 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6259 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6260 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6261 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6262 return Result; 6263 } 6264 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6265 6266 return QualType(); 6267} 6268 6269bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6270 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6271 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6272 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6273 6274 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6275 // the LHS. 6276 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6277 return false; 6278 6279 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6280 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6281 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6282 return true; 6283 6284 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6285 // more detailed analysis is required. 6286 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6287 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6288 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6289 // false otherwise. 6290 bool IsSuperClass = 6291 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6292 if (IsSuperClass) { 6293 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6294 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6295 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6296 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6297 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6298 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6299 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6300 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6301 return false; 6302 6303 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6304 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6305 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6306 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6307 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6308 6309 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6310 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6311 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6312 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6313 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6314 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6315 break; 6316 } 6317 } 6318 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6319 return false; 6320 } 6321 return true; 6322 } 6323 return false; 6324 } 6325 6326 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6327 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6328 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6329 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6330 6331 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6332 // are incompatible. 6333 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6334 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6335 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6336 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6337 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6338 break; 6339 } 6340 } 6341 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6342 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6343 return false; 6344 } 6345 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6346 return true; 6347} 6348 6349bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6350 // get the "pointed to" types 6351 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6352 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6353 6354 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6355 return false; 6356 6357 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6358 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6359} 6360 6361bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6362 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6363 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6364 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6365} 6366 6367/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6368/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6369/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6370/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6371bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6372 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6373 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6374 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6375 6376 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6377} 6378 6379bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6380 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6381} 6382 6383bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6384 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6385} 6386 6387/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6388/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6389/// QualType() 6390QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6391 bool OfBlockPointer, 6392 bool Unqualified) { 6393 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6394 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6395 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6396 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6397 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6398 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6399 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6400 if (!MT.isNull()) 6401 return MT; 6402 } 6403 } 6404 } 6405 6406 return QualType(); 6407} 6408 6409/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6410/// argument types 6411QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6412 bool OfBlockPointer, 6413 bool Unqualified) { 6414 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6415 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6416 // type is compatible with a union member 6417 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6418 Unqualified); 6419 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6420 return lmerge; 6421 6422 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6423 Unqualified); 6424 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6425 return rmerge; 6426 6427 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6428} 6429 6430QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6431 bool OfBlockPointer, 6432 bool Unqualified) { 6433 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6434 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6435 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6436 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6437 bool allLTypes = true; 6438 bool allRTypes = true; 6439 6440 // Check return type 6441 QualType retType; 6442 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6443 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6444 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6445 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6446 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6447 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6448 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6449 } 6450 else 6451 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6452 Unqualified); 6453 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6454 6455 if (Unqualified) 6456 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6457 6458 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6459 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6460 if (Unqualified) { 6461 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6462 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6463 } 6464 6465 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6466 allLTypes = false; 6467 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6468 allRTypes = false; 6469 6470 // FIXME: double check this 6471 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6472 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6473 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6474 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6475 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6476 6477 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6478 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6479 return QualType(); 6480 6481 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6482 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6483 return QualType(); 6484 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6485 return QualType(); 6486 6487 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6488 return QualType(); 6489 6490 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6491 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6492 6493 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6494 allLTypes = false; 6495 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6496 allRTypes = false; 6497 6498 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6499 6500 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6501 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6502 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6503 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6504 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6505 6506 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6507 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6508 return QualType(); 6509 6510 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6511 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6512 return QualType(); 6513 6514 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6515 return QualType(); 6516 6517 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6518 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6519 return QualType(); 6520 6521 // Check argument compatibility 6522 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6523 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6524 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6525 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6526 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6527 OfBlockPointer, 6528 Unqualified); 6529 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6530 6531 if (Unqualified) 6532 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6533 6534 types.push_back(argtype); 6535 if (Unqualified) { 6536 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6537 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6538 } 6539 6540 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6541 allLTypes = false; 6542 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6543 allRTypes = false; 6544 } 6545 6546 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6547 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6548 6549 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6550 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6551 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI); 6552 } 6553 6554 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 6555 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 6556 6557 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 6558 if (proto) { 6559 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6560 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 6561 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 6562 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 6563 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 6564 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 6565 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 6566 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 6567 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 6568 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 6569 6570 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 6571 // to pass enum values. 6572 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6573 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6574 if (argTy.isNull()) 6575 return QualType(); 6576 } 6577 6578 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 6579 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 6580 return QualType(); 6581 } 6582 6583 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6584 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6585 6586 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6587 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6588 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(), 6589 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6590 } 6591 6592 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6593 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6594 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 6595} 6596 6597QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6598 bool OfBlockPointer, 6599 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 6600 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 6601 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 6602 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 6603 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 6604 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 6605 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 6606 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 6607 6608 if (Unqualified) { 6609 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6610 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6611 } 6612 6613 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6614 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6615 6616 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6617 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6618 return LHS; 6619 6620 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 6621 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6622 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6623 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6624 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 6625 // mismatch. 6626 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6627 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 6628 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 6629 return QualType(); 6630 6631 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6632 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6633 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6634 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6635 // qualified __strong. 6636 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6637 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6638 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6639 6640 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6641 return QualType(); 6642 6643 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6644 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 6645 } 6646 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6647 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 6648 } 6649 return QualType(); 6650 } 6651 6652 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 6653 6654 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6655 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6656 6657 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 6658 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 6659 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6660 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6661 6662 // Same as above for arrays 6663 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6664 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6665 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6666 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6667 6668 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 6669 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6670 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6671 6672 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 6673 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 6674 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 6675 6676 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 6677 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 6678 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 6679 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 6680 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 6681 // type. 6682 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6683 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6684 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6685 return RHS; 6686 } 6687 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6688 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6689 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6690 return LHS; 6691 } 6692 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 6693 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 6694 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6695 return LHS; 6696 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6697 return RHS; 6698 } 6699 6700 return QualType(); 6701 } 6702 6703 // The canonical type classes match. 6704 switch (LHSClass) { 6705#define TYPE(Class, Base) 6706#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 6707#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6708#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6709#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6710#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 6711 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 6712 6713 case Type::LValueReference: 6714 case Type::RValueReference: 6715 case Type::MemberPointer: 6716 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 6717 6718 case Type::ObjCInterface: 6719 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6720 case Type::VariableArray: 6721 case Type::FunctionProto: 6722 case Type::ExtVector: 6723 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 6724 6725 case Type::Pointer: 6726 { 6727 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6728 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6729 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6730 if (Unqualified) { 6731 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6732 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6733 } 6734 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 6735 Unqualified); 6736 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6737 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6738 return LHS; 6739 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6740 return RHS; 6741 return getPointerType(ResultType); 6742 } 6743 case Type::BlockPointer: 6744 { 6745 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6746 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6747 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6748 if (Unqualified) { 6749 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6750 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6751 } 6752 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 6753 Unqualified); 6754 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6755 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6756 return LHS; 6757 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6758 return RHS; 6759 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 6760 } 6761 case Type::Atomic: 6762 { 6763 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6764 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6765 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6766 if (Unqualified) { 6767 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6768 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6769 } 6770 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 6771 Unqualified); 6772 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6773 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6774 return LHS; 6775 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6776 return RHS; 6777 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 6778 } 6779 case Type::ConstantArray: 6780 { 6781 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 6782 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 6783 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 6784 return QualType(); 6785 6786 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 6787 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 6788 if (Unqualified) { 6789 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6790 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6791 } 6792 6793 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 6794 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6795 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6796 return LHS; 6797 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6798 return RHS; 6799 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 6800 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6801 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 6802 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6803 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 6804 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 6805 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6806 return LHS; 6807 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6808 return RHS; 6809 if (LVAT) { 6810 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6811 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 6812 // has to be different. 6813 return LHS; 6814 } 6815 if (RVAT) { 6816 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6817 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 6818 // has to be different. 6819 return RHS; 6820 } 6821 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 6822 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 6823 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 6824 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6825 } 6826 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 6827 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6828 case Type::Record: 6829 case Type::Enum: 6830 return QualType(); 6831 case Type::Builtin: 6832 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 6833 return QualType(); 6834 case Type::Complex: 6835 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 6836 return QualType(); 6837 case Type::Vector: 6838 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 6839 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 6840 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 6841 return LHS; 6842 return QualType(); 6843 case Type::ObjCObject: { 6844 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 6845 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 6846 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 6847 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6848 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6849 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 6850 return LHS; 6851 6852 return QualType(); 6853 } 6854 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 6855 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6856 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6857 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6858 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6859 BlockReturnType)) 6860 return LHS; 6861 return QualType(); 6862 } 6863 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6864 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 6865 return LHS; 6866 6867 return QualType(); 6868 } 6869 } 6870 6871 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 6872} 6873 6874bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 6875 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 6876 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 6877 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 6878 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 6879 return false; 6880 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 6881 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6882 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 6883 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6884 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 6885 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 6886 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 6887 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 6888 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 6889 return false; 6890 } 6891 return true; 6892} 6893 6894/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 6895/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 6896/// return types. 6897QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6898 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6899 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6900 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6901 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6902 return LHS; 6903 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 6904 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 6905 return QualType(); 6906 QualType OldReturnType = 6907 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6908 QualType NewReturnType = 6909 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6910 QualType ResReturnType = 6911 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 6912 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 6913 return QualType(); 6914 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 6915 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 6916 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 6917 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6918 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 6919 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6920 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 6921 QualType ResultType 6922 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6923 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6924 return ResultType; 6925 } 6926 } 6927 return QualType(); 6928 } 6929 6930 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 6931 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6932 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6933 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6934 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 6935 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6936 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 6937 return QualType(); 6938 6939 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6940 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6941 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6942 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6943 // qualified __strong. 6944 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6945 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6946 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6947 6948 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6949 return QualType(); 6950 6951 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 6952 return LHS; 6953 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 6954 return RHS; 6955 return QualType(); 6956 } 6957 6958 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6959 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6960 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6961 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 6962 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 6963 return LHS; 6964 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 6965 return RHS; 6966 } 6967 return QualType(); 6968} 6969 6970//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6971// Integer Predicates 6972//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6973 6974unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 6975 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 6976 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6977 if (T->isBooleanType()) 6978 return 1; 6979 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 6980 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 6981} 6982 6983QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 6984 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 6985 6986 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 6987 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 6988 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 6989 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 6990 6991 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 6992 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 6993 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6994 6995 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 6996 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 6997 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 6998 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 6999 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7000 return UnsignedCharTy; 7001 case BuiltinType::Short: 7002 return UnsignedShortTy; 7003 case BuiltinType::Int: 7004 return UnsignedIntTy; 7005 case BuiltinType::Long: 7006 return UnsignedLongTy; 7007 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7008 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7009 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7010 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7011 default: 7012 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7013 } 7014} 7015 7016ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7017 7018 7019//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7020// Builtin Type Computation 7021//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7022 7023/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7024/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7025/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7026/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7027/// a vector of "i*". 7028/// 7029/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7030/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7031static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7032 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7033 bool &RequiresICE, 7034 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7035 // Modifiers. 7036 int HowLong = 0; 7037 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7038 RequiresICE = false; 7039 7040 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7041 bool Done = false; 7042 while (!Done) { 7043 switch (*Str++) { 7044 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7045 case 'I': 7046 RequiresICE = true; 7047 break; 7048 case 'S': 7049 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7050 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7051 Signed = true; 7052 break; 7053 case 'U': 7054 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7055 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7056 Unsigned = true; 7057 break; 7058 case 'L': 7059 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7060 ++HowLong; 7061 break; 7062 } 7063 } 7064 7065 QualType Type; 7066 7067 // Read the base type. 7068 switch (*Str++) { 7069 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7070 case 'v': 7071 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7072 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7073 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7074 break; 7075 case 'f': 7076 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7077 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7078 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7079 break; 7080 case 'd': 7081 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7082 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7083 if (HowLong) 7084 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7085 else 7086 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7087 break; 7088 case 's': 7089 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7090 if (Unsigned) 7091 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7092 else 7093 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7094 break; 7095 case 'i': 7096 if (HowLong == 3) 7097 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7098 else if (HowLong == 2) 7099 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7100 else if (HowLong == 1) 7101 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7102 else 7103 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7104 break; 7105 case 'c': 7106 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7107 if (Signed) 7108 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7109 else if (Unsigned) 7110 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7111 else 7112 Type = Context.CharTy; 7113 break; 7114 case 'b': // boolean 7115 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7116 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7117 break; 7118 case 'z': // size_t. 7119 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7120 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7121 break; 7122 case 'F': 7123 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7124 break; 7125 case 'G': 7126 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7127 break; 7128 case 'H': 7129 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7130 break; 7131 case 'a': 7132 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7133 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7134 break; 7135 case 'A': 7136 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7137 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7138 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7139 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7140 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7141 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7142 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7143 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7144 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7145 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7146 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7147 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7148 else 7149 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7150 break; 7151 case 'V': { 7152 char *End; 7153 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7154 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7155 Str = End; 7156 7157 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7158 RequiresICE, false); 7159 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7160 7161 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7162 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7163 VectorType::GenericVector); 7164 break; 7165 } 7166 case 'E': { 7167 char *End; 7168 7169 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7170 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7171 7172 Str = End; 7173 7174 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7175 false); 7176 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7177 break; 7178 } 7179 case 'X': { 7180 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7181 false); 7182 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7183 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7184 break; 7185 } 7186 case 'Y' : { 7187 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7188 break; 7189 } 7190 case 'P': 7191 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7192 if (Type.isNull()) { 7193 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7194 return QualType(); 7195 } 7196 break; 7197 case 'J': 7198 if (Signed) 7199 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7200 else 7201 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7202 7203 if (Type.isNull()) { 7204 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7205 return QualType(); 7206 } 7207 break; 7208 case 'K': 7209 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7210 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7211 7212 if (Type.isNull()) { 7213 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7214 return QualType(); 7215 } 7216 break; 7217 case 'p': 7218 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7219 break; 7220 } 7221 7222 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7223 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7224 while (!Done) { 7225 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7226 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7227 case '*': 7228 case '&': { 7229 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7230 // qualified with an address space. 7231 char *End; 7232 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7233 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7234 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7235 Str = End; 7236 } 7237 if (c == '*') 7238 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7239 else 7240 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7241 break; 7242 } 7243 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7244 case 'C': 7245 Type = Type.withConst(); 7246 break; 7247 case 'D': 7248 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7249 break; 7250 case 'R': 7251 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7252 break; 7253 } 7254 } 7255 7256 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7257 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7258 7259 return Type; 7260} 7261 7262/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7263QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7264 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7265 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7266 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7267 7268 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7269 7270 bool RequiresICE = false; 7271 Error = GE_None; 7272 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7273 RequiresICE, true); 7274 if (Error != GE_None) 7275 return QualType(); 7276 7277 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7278 7279 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7280 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7281 if (Error != GE_None) 7282 return QualType(); 7283 7284 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7285 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7286 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7287 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7288 7289 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7290 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7291 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7292 7293 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7294 } 7295 7296 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7297 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7298 7299 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7300 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7301 7302 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7303 7304 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7305 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7306 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7307 7308 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7309 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7310 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7311 7312 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI); 7313} 7314 7315GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7316 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7317 7318 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 7319 switch (L) { 7320 case NoLinkage: 7321 case InternalLinkage: 7322 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7323 return GVA_Internal; 7324 7325 case ExternalLinkage: 7326 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7327 case TSK_Undeclared: 7328 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7329 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7330 break; 7331 7332 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7333 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7334 7335 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7336 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7337 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7338 break; 7339 } 7340 } 7341 7342 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7343 return External; 7344 7345 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7346 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7347 // externally visible. 7348 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7349 return External; 7350 7351 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7352 return GVA_C99Inline; 7353 } 7354 7355 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7356 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7357 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7358 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7359 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7360 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7361 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7362 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7363 return GVA_C99Inline; 7364 7365 return GVA_CXXInline; 7366} 7367 7368GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7369 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7370 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7371 // template. 7372 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7373 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7374 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7375 7376 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 7377 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7378 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage) 7379 L = UniqueExternalLinkage; 7380 7381 switch (L) { 7382 case NoLinkage: 7383 case InternalLinkage: 7384 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7385 return GVA_Internal; 7386 7387 case ExternalLinkage: 7388 switch (TSK) { 7389 case TSK_Undeclared: 7390 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7391 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7392 7393 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7394 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7395 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7396 7397 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7398 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7399 7400 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7401 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7402 } 7403 } 7404 7405 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7406} 7407 7408bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7409 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7410 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7411 return false; 7412 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 7413 return false; 7414 7415 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7416 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7417 return false; 7418 7419 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7420 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7421 return true; 7422 7423 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7424 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7425 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7426 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7427 7428 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7429 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7430 return true; 7431 7432 // The key function for a class is required. 7433 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7434 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7435 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7436 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD); 7437 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7438 return true; 7439 } 7440 } 7441 7442 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7443 7444 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7445 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7446 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7447 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7448 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7449 return false; 7450 return true; 7451 } 7452 7453 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7454 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7455 7456 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7457 return false; 7458 7459 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7460 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7461 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7462 return true; 7463 7464 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7465 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7466 return true; 7467 7468 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7469 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7470 return true; 7471 7472 return false; 7473} 7474 7475CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7476 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7477 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7478} 7479 7480CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7481 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && getTargetInfo().getCXXABI() != CXXABI_Microsoft) 7482 return CC_Default; 7483 return CC; 7484} 7485 7486bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7487 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7488 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7489} 7490 7491MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7492 switch (Target->getCXXABI()) { 7493 case CXXABI_ARM: 7494 case CXXABI_Itanium: 7495 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7496 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 7497 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7498 } 7499 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7500} 7501 7502CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7503 7504size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7505 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7506 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7507 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7508 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7509 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7510 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7511 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7512 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7513 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7514 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7515 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7516 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7517 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7518 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7519} 7520 7521void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) { 7522 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too 7523 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() || 7524 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 7525 return; 7526 7527 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P = 7528 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0)); 7529 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++)); 7530} 7531 7532int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const { 7533 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 7534 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag); 7535 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1; 7536} 7537 7538unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 7539 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 7540 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 7541 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 7542} 7543 7544 7545void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 7546 ParamIndices[D] = index; 7547} 7548 7549unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 7550 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 7551 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 7552 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 7553 return I->second; 7554} 7555